parport (mostly) doc fixes
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229
230 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
231 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
232 @cindex dongles
233 @cindex FTDI
234 @cindex wiggler
235 @cindex zy1000
236 @cindex printer port
237 @cindex USB Adapter
238 @cindex RTCK
239
240 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
241 an adapter .... [snip]
242
243 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
244 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
245 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
246 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
247 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
248 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
249 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
250
251
252 @section Choosing a Dongle
253
254 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
255
256 @enumerate
257 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
258 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
259 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
260 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
261 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
262 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
263 Ethernet port needed?
264 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
265 @end enumerate
266
267 @section Stand alone Systems
268
269 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
270 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
271 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
272 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
273 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
274
275 @section USB FT2232 Based
276
277 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
278 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
279 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
280 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
281 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
282 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
283
284 @itemize @bullet
285 @item @b{usbjtag}
286 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
287 @item @b{jtagkey}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
289 @item @b{jtagkey2}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
291 @item @b{oocdlink}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
293 @item @b{signalyzer}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
295 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
297 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
298 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
299 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
300 disabling the Stellaris chip.
301 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
302 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
303 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
304 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
305 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
306 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
307 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
308 @item @b{flyswatter}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
310 @item @b{turtelizer2}
311 @* See:
312 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
313 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
314 @item @b{comstick}
315 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
316 @item @b{stm32stick}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
318 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
319 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
320 @item @b{cortino}
321 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
322 @end itemize
323
324 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
325
326 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
327 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
328 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
329 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
330 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
331
332 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
333 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
334 (see the section on driver commands).
335
336 @itemize
337 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
338 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
339 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
340 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section USB JLINK based
344 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
345 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
346 AT91SAM764 internally.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
351 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
353 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
354 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
355 @end itemize
356
357 @section USB RLINK based
358 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
359
360 @itemize @bullet
361 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
363 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
364 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
365 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
366 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
367 @end itemize
368
369 @section USB Other
370 @itemize @bullet
371 @item @b{USBprog}
372 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
373
374 @item @b{USB - Presto}
375 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
376
377 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
379
380 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
381 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
382 @end itemize
383
384 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
385
386 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
387 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
388 these on the market.
389
390 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
391 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
392 of USB-based ones.
393
394 @itemize @bullet
395
396 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
398
399 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
400 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
401 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
402
403 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
405
406 @item @b{GW16402}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler2}
410 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
411 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
412
413 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
414 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
415
416 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
417 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
418
419 @item @b{arm-jtag}
420 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
421
422 @item @b{chameleon}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
424
425 @item @b{Triton}
426 @* Unknown.
427
428 @item @b{Lattice}
429 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
430 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
431
432 @item @b{flashlink}
433 @* From ST Microsystems;
434 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
435 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section Other...
440 @itemize @bullet
441
442 @item @b{ep93xx}
443 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
444
445 @item @b{at91rm9200}
446 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
447
448 @end itemize
449
450 @node About JIM-Tcl
451 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
452 @cindex JIM Tcl
453 @cindex tcl
454
455 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
456 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
457 command interpreter.
458
459 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
460 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
461 much of anything about Tcl.
462 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
463
464 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
468 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
469 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
470 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
471 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
472 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
473
474 @item @b{Missing Features}
475 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
476 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
477
478 @item @b{Scripts}
479 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
480 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
481 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
482
483 @item @b{Commands}
484 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
485 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
486 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
487 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
488
489 @item @b{Historical Note}
490 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
491
492 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
493 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
494 @end itemize
495
496 @node Running
497 @chapter Running
498 @cindex command line options
499 @cindex logfile
500 @cindex directory search
501
502 The @option{--help} option shows:
503 @verbatim
504 bash$ openocd --help
505
506 --help | -h display this help
507 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
508 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
509 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
510 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
511 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
512 --command | -c run <command>
513 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
514 @end verbatim
515
516 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
517 To specify a different (or multiple)
518 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
519
520 @example
521 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
522 @end example
523
524 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
525 @enumerate
526 @item the current directory,
527 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
528 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
529 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
530 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
531 @end enumerate
532 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
533
534 @section Simple setup, no customization
535
536 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
537 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
538 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
539 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
540 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
541
542 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
543 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
544 the server like:
545
546 @example
547 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
548 @end example
549
550 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
551 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
552 If all goes well you'll see output something like
553
554 @example
555 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
556 For bug reports, read
557 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
558 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
559 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
560 @end example
561
562 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
563 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
564 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
565
566 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
567
568 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
569 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
570 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
571 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
572 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
573 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
574 ensure that this always succeeds.
575 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
576 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
577 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
578 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
579
580 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
581 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
582 those channels.
583
584 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
585 the @option{-d} option.
586
587 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
588 @option{-c} command line switch.
589
590 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
591 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
592 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
593 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
594 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
595 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
596 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
597
598 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
599 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
600
601 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
602
603 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
604 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
605 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
606 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
607
608 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
609 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
610
611 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
612 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
613 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
614 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
615 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
616 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
617 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
618
619 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
620
621 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
622 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
623 and a USB cable on the other.
624 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
625 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
626
627 @enumerate
628 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
629 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
630 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
631 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
632 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
633 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
634 debugging host.
635
636 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
637 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
638 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
639 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
640 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
641
642 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
643 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
644 with 1.2 Volt boards.
645
646 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
647 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
648 ways to connect the cable.
649 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
650 Be sure it's firmly connected.
651
652 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
653 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
654 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
655 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
656 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
657 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
658 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
659 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
660
661 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
662 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
663 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
664 but are tedious to set up.
665 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
666 adapter signals to the right board pins.
667
668 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
669 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
670 you are using to run OpenOCD.
671 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
672
673 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
674 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
675 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
676
677 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
678 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
679 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
680
681 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
682 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
683 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
684 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
685
686 @end enumerate
687
688 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
689 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
690 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
691
692 @section Project Directory
693
694 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
695
696 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
697 single directory for your work with a given board.
698 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
699 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
700 files accessed through semihosting,
701 and for code you upload to the target board.
702 It is also the natural place to write files,
703 such as log files and data you download from the board.
704
705 @section Configuration Basics
706
707 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
708 a variety of ways you can mix them.
709 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
710
711 @itemize
712 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
713 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
714 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
715 @end itemize
716
717 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
718 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
719 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
720
721 @example
722 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
723
724 # GDB can also flash my flash!
725 gdb_memory_map enable
726 gdb_flash_program enable
727
728 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
729 @end example
730
731 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
732
733 @example
734 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
735 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
736 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
737 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
738 @end example
739
740 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
741 each supporting a different development task.
742 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
743 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
744
745 @quotation Important
746 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
747 problems with how it treats variables.
748 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
749 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
750 that can be tested in a later script.
751 @end quotation
752
753 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
754 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
755 to simplify your work.
756
757 @section User Config Files
758 @cindex config file, user
759 @cindex user config file
760 @cindex config file, overview
761
762 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
763 in one place.
764 One of the following will match your situation best:
765
766 @itemize
767 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
768 provided by someone else.
769 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
770 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
771 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
772 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
773 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
774 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
775
776 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
777 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
778
779 @enumerate
780 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
781 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
782 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
783 @end enumerate
784
785 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
786 The first is an interface config file.
787 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
788 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
789 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
790 meet your deadline:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
794 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
795 @end example
796
797 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
798 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
799 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
800 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
801
802 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
803 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
804 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
805 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
806 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
807 @xref{Autoprobing}.
808
809 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
810 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
811 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
812 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
813
814 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
815 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
816 giving access to your particular flash chips.
817 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
818 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
819
820 @quotation Note
821 When you write new configuration files, please submit
822 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
823 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
824 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
825 will help support users of any board using that chip.
826 @end quotation
827
828 @item
829 You may may need to write some C code.
830 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
831 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
832 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
833 a new chip architecture.
834 @end itemize
835
836 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
837 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
838 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
839
840 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
841 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
842 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
843 @itemize
844
845 @item
846 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
847 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
848 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
849 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
850
851 @item
852 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
853 @cindex vector_catch
854 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
855 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
856 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
857 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
858 along with messaging and tracing setup.
859 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
860
861 @item
862 You might need to override some defaults.
863 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
864 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
865
866 @item
867 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
868 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
869 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
870 @end itemize
871
872 @section Project-Specific Utilities
873
874 A few project-specific utility
875 routines may well speed up your work.
876 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
877
878 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
879 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
880 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
881 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
882 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
883 may help:
884
885 @example
886 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
887 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
888 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
889 # Leave the CPU halted.
890 reset init
891
892 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
893 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
894
895 # Start running.
896 resume 0x20000000
897 @}
898 @end example
899
900 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
901 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
902 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
903 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
904 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
905
906 @example
907 proc newboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
909 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
910 # "reset halt" would be slower.
911 reset init
912
913 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
914 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
915 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
916 flash protect 0 0 1 off
917 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
918 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
919 flash protect 0 0 1 on
920
921 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
922 reset run
923 @}
924 @end example
925
926 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
927 from NAND.
928 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
929 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
930 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
931
932 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
933 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
934
935 @section Target Software Changes
936
937 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
938 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
939 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
940 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
941 handling issues like:
942
943 @itemize @bullet
944
945 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
946 @cindex ARM semihosting
947 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
948 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
949 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
950 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
951 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
952 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
953 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
954 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
955 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
956 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
957 NAND or SPI flash.
958
959 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
960 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
961 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
962 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
963 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
964
965 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
966 or otherwise prevent using that state,
967 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
968 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
969 work for an idle processor otherwise.
970
971 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
972 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
973 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
974 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
975 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
976
977 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
978 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
979 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
980 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
981 early code execution can be debugged
982 or firmware can be replaced.
983
984 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
985 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
986 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
987 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
988 operations like writing to memory.)
989
990 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
991 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
992 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
993 various kinds of message.
994 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
995
996 @end itemize
997
998 @node Config File Guidelines
999 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1000
1001 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1002 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1003 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1004 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1005
1006 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1007 with files including the ones listed here.
1008 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1009 @itemize @bullet
1010 @item @file{interface} ...
1011 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1012 @example
1013 $ ls interface
1014 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1015 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1016 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1017 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1018 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1019 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1020 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1021 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1022 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1023 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1024 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1025 $
1026 @end example
1027 @item @file{board} ...
1028 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1029 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1030 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1031 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1032 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1033 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1034 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1035 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1036 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1037 a CPU and an FPGA.
1038 @example
1039 $ ls board
1040 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1041 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1042 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1043 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1044 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1045 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1046 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1047 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1048 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1049 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1050 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1051 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1052 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1053 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1054 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1055 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1056 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1057 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1058 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1059 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1060 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1061 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1062 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1063 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1064 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1065 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1066 $
1067 @end example
1068 @item @file{target} ...
1069 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1070 on a chip
1071 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1072 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1073 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1074 the target config file defines all of them.
1075 @example
1076 $ ls target
1077 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1078 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1079 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1080 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1081 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1082 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1083 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1084 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1085 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1086 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1087 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1088 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1089 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1090 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1091 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1092 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1093 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1094 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1095 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1096 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1097 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1098 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1099 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1100 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1101 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1102 $
1103 @end example
1104 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1105 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1106 @end itemize
1107
1108 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1109 file may override features in any of the above files by
1110 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1111 commands specific to their situation.
1112
1113 @section Interface Config Files
1114
1115 The user config file
1116 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1117
1118 @example
1119 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1120 @end example
1121
1122 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1123 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1124 sole developer who created it.
1125
1126 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1127 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1128 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1129 and need to provide a driver for it.
1130
1131 @section Board Config Files
1132 @cindex config file, board
1133 @cindex board config file
1134
1135 The user config file
1136 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1137
1138 @example
1139 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1140 @end example
1141
1142 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1143 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1144 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1145
1146 @enumerate
1147 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1148 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1149 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1150 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1151 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1152 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1153 @end enumerate
1154
1155 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1156 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1157 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1158 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1159
1160 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1161 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1162 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1163 configuration works.
1164
1165 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1166
1167 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1168 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1169 convention on how to use certain variables.
1170
1171 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1172 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1173 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1174 used at will within a target configuration file.
1175
1176 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1177 for a board with three chips:
1178
1179 @example
1180 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1181 set CHIPNAME network
1182 set ENDIAN big
1183 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1184 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1185 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1186 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1187
1188 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1189 set CHIPNAME video
1190 set ENDIAN little
1191 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1192 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1193 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1194 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1195
1196 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1197 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1198 unset ENDIAN
1199 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1200 @end example
1201
1202 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1203 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1204 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1205 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1206 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1207 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1208 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1209 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1210
1211 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1212 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1213 naming collisions.
1214
1215 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1216 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1217 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1218 up other clocks and peripherals.
1219
1220 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1221 @cindex variable names
1222
1223 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1224 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1225 one such chip (as shown above).
1226 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1227 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1228 to promote consistency and
1229 so that board files can override target defaults.
1230
1231 Inputs to target config files include:
1232
1233 @itemize @bullet
1234 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1235 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1236 tap identifier dotted names.
1237 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1238 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1239 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1240 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1241 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1242 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1243 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1244 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1245 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1246 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1247 @end itemize
1248
1249 Outputs from target config files include:
1250
1251 @itemize @bullet
1252 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1253 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1254 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1255 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1256 specific to that board and that target.
1257 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1258 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1259 @end itemize
1260
1261 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1262 @cindex event, reset-init
1263 @cindex reset-init handler
1264
1265 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1266 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1267 fully set up yet.
1268 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1269 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1270 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1271 handler is one of the most important.
1272
1273 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1274 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1275 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1276 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1277 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1278
1279 @quotation Note
1280 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1281 are included here.
1282 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1283 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1284 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1285 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1286 @end quotation
1287
1288 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1289 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1290 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1291 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1292 those as parameters.
1293 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1294 and disabling the watchdog.
1295 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1296 the next developer doing such work.
1297 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1298
1299 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1300 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1301 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1302 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1303
1304 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1305
1306 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1307 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1308 a low JTAG clock rate.
1309 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1310 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1311 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1312 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1313 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1314 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1315 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1316
1317 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1318 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1319 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1320 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1321 which might be less than that.
1322
1323 @quotation Warning
1324 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1325 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1326 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1327 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1328 @end quotation
1329
1330 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1331 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1332 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1333 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1334 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1335
1336 @section Target Config Files
1337 @cindex config file, target
1338 @cindex target config file
1339
1340 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1341 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1342 more target config files like this:
1343
1344 @example
1345 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1346 @end example
1347
1348 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1349 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1350 In summary the target files should contain
1351
1352 @enumerate
1353 @item Set defaults
1354 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1355 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1356 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1357 @item On-Chip flash
1358 @end enumerate
1359
1360 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1361 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1362 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1363
1364 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1365 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1366 can talk to the chip.
1367 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1368 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1369 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1370 and other processing engines.
1371
1372 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1373
1374 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1375 letting board config files express environment-specific
1376 differences in how things should be set up.
1377
1378 @example
1379 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1380 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1381 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1382 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1383 @} else @{
1384 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1385 @}
1386
1387 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1388 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1389 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1390 @} else @{
1391 set _ENDIAN little
1392 @}
1393
1394 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1395 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1396 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1397 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1398 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1399 @} else @{
1400 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1401 @}
1402 @end example
1403 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1404
1405 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1406 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1407 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1408
1409 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1410 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1411 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1412
1413 @example
1414 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1415 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1416 @end example
1417
1418 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1419 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1420 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1421 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1422 for taps.
1423
1424 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1425 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1426 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1427 looks (in part) like this:
1428
1429 @example
1430 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1431 @end example
1432
1433 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1434 to source such a config file twice, with different
1435 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1436 it adds a different TAP each time.
1437
1438 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1439 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1440 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1441 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1442
1443 @example
1444 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1445 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1446 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1447 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1448 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1449 @end example
1450
1451 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1452 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1453
1454 @itemize
1455 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1456 plus a JRC to enable them
1457 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1458 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1459 is not currently used)
1460 @end itemize
1461
1462 @subsection Add CPU targets
1463
1464 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1465 GDB and other commands can use it.
1466 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1467 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1468 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1469 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1470
1471 @example
1472 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1473 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1474 @end example
1475
1476 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1477 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1478 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1479 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1480 a work area if you can.
1481 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1482
1483 @example
1484 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1485 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1486 @end example
1487
1488 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1489
1490 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1491 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1492 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1493
1494 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1495 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1496 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1497 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1498 both signals.
1499
1500 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1501 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1502 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1503 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1504 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1505 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1506 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1507 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1508 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1509 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1510 not available.)
1511
1512 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1513 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1514 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1515 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1516 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1517 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1518 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1519 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1520
1521 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1522 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1523 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1524 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1525 slower clock than they will use later.
1526 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1527 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1528 than they will use later.
1529 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1530
1531 @quotation Important
1532 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1533 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1534 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1535 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1536 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1537 @end quotation
1538
1539 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1540
1541 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1542 special high speed download features - enable it.
1543
1544 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1545
1546 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1547 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1548 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1549 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1550 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1551 If you are using an external trace port,
1552 configure it in your board config file.
1553 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1554 configure it in your target config file.
1555
1556 @example
1557 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1558 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1559 @end example
1560
1561 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1562
1563 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1564
1565 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1566 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1567 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1568 the TARGET (chip) file.
1569
1570 Examples:
1571 @itemize @bullet
1572 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1573 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1574 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1575 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1576 @end itemize
1577
1578 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1579 @section Translating Configuration Files
1580 @cindex translation
1581 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1582 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1583 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1584 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1585 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1586 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1587
1588 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1589 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1590 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1591 convert other scripts later on.
1592
1593 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1594 replace job:
1595
1596 @example
1597 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1598 #
1599 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1600 #
1601 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1602 #
1603 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1604
1605 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1606 global TARGETNAME
1607
1608 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1609
1610 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1611 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1612 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1613 @}
1614 @end example
1615
1616
1617
1618 @node Daemon Configuration
1619 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1620 @cindex initialization
1621 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1622 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1623 supported.
1624
1625 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1626 @section Configuration Stage
1627 @cindex configuration stage
1628 @cindex config command
1629
1630 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1631 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1632 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1633 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1634 inside startup scripts.
1635
1636 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1637 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1638 which may be issued interactively.
1639 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1640 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1641
1642 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1643 flash banks,
1644 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1645 and other basic setup.
1646 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1647 may access or activate TAPs.
1648 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1649 longer be issued.
1650
1651 @section Entering the Run Stage
1652
1653 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1654 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1655 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1656 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1657 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1658 You should see no errors at this point.
1659 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1660 commands you used to configure the server.
1661 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1662 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1663 on the scan chain.
1664
1665 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1666 become available.
1667 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1668 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1669 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1670 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1671 entry to the run stage.
1672
1673 @deffn {Config Command} init
1674 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1675 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1676 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1677 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1678 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1679 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1680
1681 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1682 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1683 configuration files and/or command line options.
1684
1685 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1686 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1687 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1688 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1689 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1690 @end deffn
1691
1692 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1693 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1694 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1695
1696 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1697 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1698 scan chain.
1699 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1700 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1701
1702 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1703 they return.
1704 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1705 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1706 @end deffn
1707
1708 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1709 @section TCP/IP Ports
1710 @cindex TCP port
1711 @cindex server
1712 @cindex port
1713 @cindex security
1714 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1715 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1716 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1717
1718 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1719 access using one or more of these ports.
1720 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1721 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1722 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1723
1724 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1725 @cindex GDB server
1726 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1727 The GDB port for the
1728 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1729 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1730 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1731 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1732 @end deffn
1733
1734 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1735 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1736 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1737 output from the Tcl engine.
1738 Intended as a machine interface.
1739 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1740 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1741 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1742 @end deffn
1743
1744 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1745 Specify or query the
1746 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1747 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1748 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1749 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1750 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1751 @end deffn
1752
1753 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1754 @section GDB Configuration
1755 @cindex GDB
1756 @cindex GDB configuration
1757 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1758 The ones listed here are static and global.
1759 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1760 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1761
1762 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1763 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1764 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1765 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1766 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1767 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1768 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1769 @end deffn
1770
1771 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1772 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1773 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1774 vFlash packet is received.
1775 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1776 @end deffn
1777
1778 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1779 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1780 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1781 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1782 for flash programming to work.
1783 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1784 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1785 @end deffn
1786
1787 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1788 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1789 by GDB memory read packets.
1790 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1791 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1792 @end deffn
1793
1794 @anchor{Event Polling}
1795 @section Event Polling
1796
1797 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1798 where significant events can happen at any time.
1799 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1800 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1801 or to GDB.
1802
1803 Examples of such events include:
1804
1805 @itemize
1806 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1807 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1808 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1809 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1810 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1811 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1812 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1813 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1814 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1815 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1816 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1817 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1818 @end itemize
1819
1820 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1821 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1822 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1823 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1824 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1825
1826 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1827 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1828 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1829 to the various active targets.
1830 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1831 which is normally done in the background.
1832
1833 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1834 Poll the current target for its current state.
1835 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1836 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1837 specific information about the current state is printed.
1838 An optional parameter
1839 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1840
1841 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1842 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1843 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1844 @example
1845 > poll
1846 background polling: on
1847 target state: halted
1848 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1849 current mode: Supervisor
1850 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1851 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1852 >
1853 @end example
1854 @end deffn
1855
1856 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1857 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1858 @cindex config file, interface
1859 @cindex interface config file
1860
1861 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1862 through commands in an interface configuration
1863 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1864 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1865
1866 @example
1867 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1868 @end example
1869
1870 These commands tell
1871 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1872 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1873
1874 @example
1875 # jlink interface
1876 interface jlink
1877 @end example
1878
1879 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1880
1881
1882 @section Interface Configuration
1883
1884 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1885 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1886 more additional commands.
1887
1888 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1889 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1890 target.
1891 @end deffn
1892
1893 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1894 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1895 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1896 @end deffn
1897
1898 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1899 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1900 @end deffn
1901
1902 @section Interface Drivers
1903
1904 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1905 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1906 available at run time.
1907
1908 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1909 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1910 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1911 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1912
1913 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1914 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1915 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1916 @end deffn
1917
1918 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1919 Displays status of RTCK option.
1920 Optionally sets that option first.
1921 @end deffn
1922 @end deffn
1923
1924 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1925 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1926 This has one driver-specific command:
1927
1928 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1929 Logs some status
1930 @end deffn
1931 @end deffn
1932
1933 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1934 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1935 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1936 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1937 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1938 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1939 @end deffn
1940
1941 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1942 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1943 @end deffn
1944
1945 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1946 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1947 @end deffn
1948
1949 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1950 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1951 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1952 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1953
1954 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1955 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1956 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1957 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1958 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1959 @end deffn
1960
1961 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1962 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1963 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1964 is connected to the host.
1965 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1966 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1967 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1968 @end deffn
1969
1970 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1971 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1972 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1973 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1974 @itemize @minus
1975 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1976 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1977 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1978 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1979 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1980 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1981 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
1982 used only for older boards (before rev C).
1983 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
1984 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
1985 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
1986 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
1987 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1988 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1989 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1990 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1991 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1992 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1993 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1994 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1995 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1996 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1997 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1998 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1999 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2000 @end itemize
2001 @end deffn
2002
2003 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2004 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2005 default values are used.
2006 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2007 @example
2008 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2009 @end example
2010 @end deffn
2011
2012 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2013 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2014 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2015 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2016 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2017 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2018 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2019 @end deffn
2020
2021 For example, the interface config file for a
2022 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2023
2024 @example
2025 interface ft2232
2026 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2027 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2028 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2029 @end example
2030 @end deffn
2031
2032 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2033 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2034 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2035 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2036
2037 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2038 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2039 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2040 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2041 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2045 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2046 default values are used.
2047 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2048 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2049 @example
2050 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2051 @end example
2052 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2053 @example
2054 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2055 @end example
2056 @end deffn
2057
2058 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2059 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2060 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2061 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2062
2063 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2064 @example
2065 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2066 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2067 @end example
2068 @end deffn
2069
2070 @end deffn
2071
2072 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2073 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2074 This has one driver-specific command:
2075
2076 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2077 Display either the address of the I/O port
2078 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2079 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2080 This is a write-once setting.
2081 @end deffn
2082 @end deffn
2083
2084 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2085 Segger jlink USB adapter
2086 @c command: jlink_info
2087 @c dumps status
2088 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2089 @c sets version 2 or 3
2090 @end deffn
2091
2092 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2093 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2094 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2095 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2096 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2097
2098 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2099 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2100 This is a write-once setting.
2101 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2102
2103 @itemize @minus
2104 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2105 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2106 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2107 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2108 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2109 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2110 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2111 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2112 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2113 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2114 some versions of
2115 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2116 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2117 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2118 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2119 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2120 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2121 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2122 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2123 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2124 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2125 @end itemize
2126 @end deffn
2127
2128 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2129 Display either the address of the I/O port
2130 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2131 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2132 This is a write-once setting.
2133
2134 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2135 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2136 you may encounter a problem.
2137 @end deffn
2138
2139 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2140 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2141 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2142 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2143 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2144 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2145
2146 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2147 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2148 @quotation Tip
2149 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2150 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2151 @example
2152 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2153 > jtag_khz 500
2154 @end example
2155 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2156 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2157 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2158 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2159 large set of samples.
2160 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2161 @example
2162 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2163 @end example
2164 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2165 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2166
2167 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2168 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2169 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2170 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2171 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2172 @end quotation
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2176 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2177 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2178 @end deffn
2179
2180 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2181 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2182
2183 @example
2184 interface parport
2185 parport_port 0x278
2186 parport_cable wiggler
2187 @end example
2188 @end deffn
2189
2190 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2191 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2192 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2193 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2194 @end deffn
2195 @end deffn
2196
2197 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2198 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2199 @end deffn
2200
2201 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2202 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2203 @end deffn
2204
2205 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2206 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2207
2208 @quotation Note
2209 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2210 which are not currently documented here.
2211 @end quotation
2212 @end deffn
2213
2214 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2215 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2216
2217 @quotation Note
2218 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2219 which are not currently documented here.
2220 @end quotation
2221
2222 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2223 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2224 No arguments: print status.
2225 @end deffn
2226
2227 @end deffn
2228
2229 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2230 @section JTAG Speed
2231 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2232 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2233 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2234 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2235 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2236 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2237 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2238 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2239 power management software that may be active.
2240
2241 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2242 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2243 target event handler.
2244 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2245 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2246 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2247 sets up those clocks).
2248 @xref{Target Events}.
2249 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2250 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2251 in the target config file.
2252 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2253 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2254 config file instead.
2255 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2256 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2257 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2258
2259 @example
2260 jtag_rclk 3000
2261 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2262 @end example
2263
2264 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2265 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2266 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2267 may not be the fastest solution.
2268
2269 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2270 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2271
2272 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2273 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2274 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2275 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2276 than the speed specified.
2277
2278 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2279 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2280 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2281 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2282
2283 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2284 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2285 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2286 JTAG clocking after setup.
2287 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2288 If the interface device can not
2289 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2290 @end deffn
2291
2292 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2293 @cindex adaptive clocking
2294 @cindex RTCK
2295 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2296 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2297 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2298 @example
2299 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2300 jtag_rclk 3000
2301 @end example
2302 @end defun
2303
2304 @node Reset Configuration
2305 @chapter Reset Configuration
2306 @cindex Reset Configuration
2307
2308 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2309 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2310 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2311 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2312 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2313 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2314 Please see the various board files for examples.
2315
2316 @quotation Note
2317 To maintainers and integrators:
2318 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2319 Normally the board configuration file
2320 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2321 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2322
2323 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2324 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2325 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2326 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2327 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2328 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2329 @end quotation
2330
2331 @section Types of Reset
2332
2333 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2334 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2335 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2336
2337 @itemize @bullet
2338 @item
2339 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2340 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2341 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2342 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2343 @item
2344 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2345 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2346 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2347 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2348 @item
2349 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2350 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2351 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2352 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2353 @item
2354 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2355 several other types of reset.
2356 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2357 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2358 There may be individual module resets.
2359 @end itemize
2360
2361 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2362 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2363 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2364 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2365 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2366 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2367 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2368 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2369 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2370
2371 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2372 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2373
2374 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2375 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2376 common issues are:
2377
2378 @itemize @bullet
2379
2380 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2381 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2382 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2383 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2384 when either of those signals is not connected.
2385 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2386 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2387 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2388 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2389
2390 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2391 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2392 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2393 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2394
2395 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2396 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2397 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2398 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2399 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2400 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2401 hardware debouncing.
2402 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2403 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2404
2405 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2406 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2407 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2408 to use push/pull output drivers.
2409 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2410 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2411 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2412 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2413
2414 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2415 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2416 issues (not limited to errata).
2417 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2418 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2419 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2420 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2421 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2422 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2423 @end itemize
2424
2425 There can also be other issues.
2426 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2427 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2428 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2429 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2430 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2431 Agreement (NDA).
2432
2433 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2434 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2435 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2436
2437 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2438 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2439
2440 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2441
2442 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2443 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2444 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2445 allowing it to be deasserted.
2446 @end deffn
2447
2448 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2449 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2450 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2451 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2452 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2456 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2457 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2458 allowing it to be deasserted.
2459 @end deffn
2460
2461 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2462 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2463 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2467 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2468 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2469 configuration scripts.
2470
2471 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2472 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2473 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2474 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2475 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2476 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2477 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2478 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2479
2480 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2481 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2482 @var{gates},
2483 @var{trst_type},
2484 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2485 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2486 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2487 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2488 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2489 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2490
2491 @itemize
2492 @item
2493 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2494 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2495 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2496 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2497 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2498
2499 @quotation Tip
2500 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2501 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2502 @end quotation
2503
2504 @item
2505 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2506 signal implementations.
2507 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2508 indicating everything behaves normally.
2509 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2510 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2511 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2512 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2513 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2514 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2515 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2516
2517 @item
2518 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2519 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2520 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2521 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2522 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2523 while SRST is asserted.
2524 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2525 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2526 @end itemize
2527
2528 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2529 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2530 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2531 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2532 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2533
2534 @itemize
2535 @item
2536 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2537 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2538 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2539 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2540
2541 @item
2542 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2543 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2544 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2545 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2546 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2547 @end itemize
2548 @end deffn
2549
2550 @section Custom Reset Handling
2551 @cindex events
2552
2553 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2554 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2555 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2556 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2557 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2558 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2559
2560 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2561 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2562 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2563 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2564 want to reset everything at once.
2565
2566 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2567 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2568 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2569 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2570 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2571 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2572 needs special attention.
2573
2574 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2575 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2576 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2577 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2578 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2579 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2580 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2581 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2582
2583 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2584 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2585 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2586 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2587 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2588
2589 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2590 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2591 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2592 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2593 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2594 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2595 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2596 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2597 or potentially some other value.
2598
2599 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2600 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2601 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2602 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2603 (or their associated targets)
2604 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2605
2606 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2607 they return.
2608 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2609 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2610 @end deffn
2611
2612 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2613 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2614 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2615 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2616 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2617 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2618 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2619 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2620 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2621 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2622 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2623 @end deffn
2624
2625 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2626 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2627 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2628 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2629 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2630 @end deffn
2631
2632
2633 @node TAP Declaration
2634 @chapter TAP Declaration
2635 @cindex TAP declaration
2636 @cindex TAP configuration
2637
2638 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2639 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2640
2641 @itemize @bullet
2642 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2643 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2644 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2645 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2646 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2647 start running that code.
2648 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2649 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2650 and missing connections
2651 @end itemize
2652
2653 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2654 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2655 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2656 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2657 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2658
2659 @section Scan Chains
2660 @cindex scan chain
2661
2662 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2663 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2664 They also need to be added to
2665 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2666 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2667 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2668 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2669 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2670 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2671 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2672 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2673
2674 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2675 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2676 command, presented in the next chapter.
2677 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2678 debugging targets.)
2679 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2680
2681 @verbatim
2682 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2683 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2684 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2685 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2686 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2687 @end verbatim
2688
2689 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2690 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2691 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2692 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2693 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2694 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2695 until they are told to do so.
2696
2697 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2698 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2699 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2700 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2701
2702 @example
2703 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2704 @end example
2705
2706 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2707 by a given chip.
2708 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2709 and so forth.
2710 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2711 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2712 a single chip and between them.
2713 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2714
2715 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2716 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2717 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2718 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2719 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2720 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2721 includes commands something like this:
2722
2723 @example
2724 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2725 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2726 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2727 @end example
2728
2729 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2730 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2731 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2732
2733 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2734 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2735 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2736 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2737 @example
2738 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2739 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2740 @}
2741 @end example
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2745 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2746 and their status.
2747 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2748 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2749 but systems with a JTAG router can
2750 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2751 @end deffn
2752
2753 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2754 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2755
2756 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2757 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2758
2759 @section TAP Names
2760 @cindex dotted name
2761
2762 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2763 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2764 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2765 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2766 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2767 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2768 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2769 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2770
2771 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2772 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2773 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2774
2775 @quotation Tip
2776 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2777 This feature is still present.
2778 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2779 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2780 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2781 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2782 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2783 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2784 @end quotation
2785
2786 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2787
2788 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2789 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2790 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2791 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2792 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2793
2794 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2795 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2796 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2797 overridable.
2798
2799 @cindex TAP naming convention
2800 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2801 and should follow this convention:
2802
2803 @itemize @bullet
2804 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2805 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2806 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2807 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2808 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2809 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2810 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2811 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2812 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2813 with a single TAP;
2814 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2815 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2816 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2817 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2818 @end itemize
2819
2820 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2821
2822 @itemize @bullet
2823 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2824 @*The length in bits of the
2825 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2826 @end itemize
2827
2828 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2829
2830 @itemize @bullet
2831 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2832 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2833 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2834 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2835 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2836 (the TAP is linked in).
2837 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2838 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2839 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2840 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2841 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2842 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2843 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2844 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2845 values that were found but not included in the list.
2846
2847 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2848 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2849 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2850 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2851 hardware to find these values.
2852 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2853 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2854 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2855 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2856 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2857 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2858 the various chip IDs.
2859 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2860 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2861 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2862 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2863 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2864 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2865 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2866 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2867 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2868 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2869 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2870 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2871 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2872 @end itemize
2873 @end deffn
2874
2875 @section Other TAP commands
2876
2877 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2878 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2879 At this writing this TAP attribute
2880 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2881 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2882 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2883 See the next section for information about the available events.
2884
2885 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2886 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2887 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2888 @end deffn
2889
2890 @anchor{TAP Events}
2891 @section TAP Events
2892 @cindex events
2893 @cindex TAP events
2894
2895 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2896 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2897 The other applies to debugger targets,
2898 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2899
2900 The TAP events currently defined are:
2901
2902 @itemize @bullet
2903 @item @b{post-reset}
2904 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2905 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2906 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2907 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2908 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2909
2910 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2911 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2912 of any particular target.
2913 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2914 @item @b{setup}
2915 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2916 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2917 @item @b{tap-disable}
2918 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2919 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2920 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2921 @item @b{tap-enable}
2922 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2923 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2924 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2925 @end itemize
2926
2927 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2928 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2929 contents to be accurate), you might:
2930
2931 @example
2932 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2933 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2934 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2935 @}
2936 @end example
2937
2938
2939 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2940 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2941 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2942 @cindex jrc
2943
2944 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2945 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2946 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2947 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2948 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2949
2950 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2951 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2952 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2953 be visible.
2954 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2955 ignores, such as:
2956
2957 @itemize
2958 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2959 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2960 TAPs receive new instructions.
2961 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2962 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2963 @end itemize
2964
2965 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2966 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2967 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2968 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2969
2970 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2971 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2972
2973 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2974 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2975 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2976 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2977 should define TAP event handlers using
2978 code that looks something like this:
2979
2980 @example
2981 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2982 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2983 @}
2984 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2985 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2986 @}
2987 @end example
2988
2989 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2990
2991 @example
2992 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2993 @end example
2994
2995 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2996 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2997 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2998 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2999
3000 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3001 If necessary, disables the tap
3002 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3003 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3004 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3005 and "0" if it is disabled.
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3009 If necessary, enables the tap
3010 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3011 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3012 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3013 and "0" if it is disabled.
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3017 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3018 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3019 and "0" if it is disabled.
3020
3021 @quotation Note
3022 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3023 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3024 @end quotation
3025 @end deffn
3026
3027 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3028 @section Autoprobing
3029 @cindex autoprobe
3030 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3031
3032 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3033 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3034 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3035 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3036
3037 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3038 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3039 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3040 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3041 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3042 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3043 right when they come out of reset).
3044
3045 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3046
3047 @example
3048 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3049 reset_config trst_and_srst
3050 jtag_rclk 8
3051 @end example
3052
3053 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3054 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3055
3056 @enumerate
3057 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3058 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3059 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3060 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3061 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3062 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3063 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3064 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3065 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3066 that is discovered.
3067 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3068 register, it will report it.
3069 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3070 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3071 @end enumerate
3072
3073 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3074 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3075 that's a bit more complex:
3076
3077 @example
3078 clock speed 8 kHz
3079 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3080 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3081 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3082 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3083 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3084 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3085 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3086 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3087 @end example
3088
3089 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3090 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3091 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3092 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3093 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3094 and so forth.
3095
3096 @node CPU Configuration
3097 @chapter CPU Configuration
3098 @cindex GDB target
3099
3100 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3101 You can also access these targets without GDB
3102 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3103 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3104 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3105 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3106
3107 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3108 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3109
3110 @section Target List
3111 @cindex target, current
3112 @cindex target, list
3113
3114 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3115 where each member has a name.
3116 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3117 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3118 (plural!) command.
3119 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3120 look like with more than one:
3121 @verbatim
3122 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3123 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3124 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3125 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3126 @end verbatim
3127
3128 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3129 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3130 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3131 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3132 space seen by that current target.
3133 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3134 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3135 are examples; and there are many more.
3136
3137 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3138
3139 @deffn Command {target count}
3140 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3141 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3142 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3143
3144 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3145 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3146 @example
3147 set c [target count]
3148 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3149 # Assuming you have created this function
3150 print_target_details $x
3151 @}
3152 @end example
3153 @end deffn
3154
3155 @deffn Command {target current}
3156 Returns the name of the current target.
3157 @end deffn
3158
3159 @deffn Command {target names}
3160 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3161 @example
3162 foreach t [target names] @{
3163 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3164 @}
3165 @end example
3166 @end deffn
3167
3168 @deffn Command {target number} number
3169 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3170 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3171
3172 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3173 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3174 @example
3175 set thename [target number $x]
3176 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3177 @end example
3178 @end deffn
3179
3180 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3181 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3182
3183 @deffn Command targets [name]
3184 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3185 command names are singular.}
3186
3187 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3188 targets in a user friendly form.
3189
3190 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3191 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3192 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3193 @end deffn
3194
3195 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3196 @cindex target type
3197 @cindex CPU type
3198 @cindex CPU variant
3199
3200 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3201 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3202 when calling @command{target create}.
3203 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3204 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3205 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3206 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3207 what core-specific commands may be available
3208 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3209 and more.
3210
3211 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3212 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3213 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3214 worked around in some chip versions.
3215
3216 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3217 since there's a command to list them.
3218 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3219 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3220
3221 @anchor{target types}
3222 @deffn Command {target types}
3223 Lists all supported target types.
3224 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3225
3226 @itemize @bullet
3227 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3228 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3229 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3230 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3231 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3232 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3233 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3234 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3235 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3236 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3237 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3238 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3239 @itemize @minus
3240 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3241 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3242 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3243 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3244 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3245 @end itemize
3246 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3247 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3248 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3249 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3250 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3251 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3252 @itemize @minus
3253 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3254 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3255 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3256 processor.
3257 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3258 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3259 @end itemize
3260 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3261 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3262 There are several variants defined:
3263 @itemize @minus
3264 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3265 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3266 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3267 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3268 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3269 @end itemize
3270 @end itemize
3271 @end deffn
3272
3273 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3274 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3275 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3276 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3277 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3278 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3279 reflect design generations;
3280 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3281 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3282
3283 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3284 @section Target Configuration
3285
3286 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3287 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3288 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3289 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3290 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3291
3292 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3293 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3294 optional parts.
3295 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3296 command, created as part of target creation.
3297
3298 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3299 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3300 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3301 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3302 to be much more board-specific.
3303 The key steps you use might look something like this
3304
3305 @example
3306 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3307 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3308 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3309 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3310 @end example
3311
3312 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3313 on-chip SRAM.
3314 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3315 writes to target memory;
3316 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3317 GDB memory checksumming;
3318 and more.
3319
3320 @quotation Warning
3321 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3322 inaccessible when application code
3323 (such as an operating system)
3324 enables or disables the MMU.
3325 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3326 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3327 easy access to other addresses needed.
3328 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3329 @end quotation
3330
3331 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3332 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3333 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3334 controllers.
3335 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3336 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3337 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3338
3339 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3340 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3341 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3342 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3343 purposes including additional configuration.
3344
3345 @itemize @bullet
3346 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3347 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3348 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3349 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3350
3351 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3352 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3353 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3354 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3355 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3356 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3357 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3358 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3359
3360 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3361 @end itemize
3362 @end deffn
3363
3364 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3365 The options accepted by this command may also be
3366 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3367 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3368 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3369
3370 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3371 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3372 and changing its endianness or variant.
3373
3374 @itemize @bullet
3375
3376 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3377 used to access this target.
3378
3379 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3380 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3381
3382 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3383 @xref{Target Events}.
3384 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3385 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3386 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3387 same event name assigns only one handler.
3388
3389 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3390 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3391
3392 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3393 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3394 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3395 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3396 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3397 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3398 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3399
3400 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3401 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3402 or virtual address is being used.
3403
3404 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3405 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3406
3407 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3408 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3409 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3410 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3411 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3412
3413 @end itemize
3414 @end deffn
3415
3416 @section Other $target_name Commands
3417 @cindex object command
3418
3419 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3420 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3421
3422 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3423 Once a button is created a button
3424 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3425 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3426 configure it like this:
3427
3428 @example
3429 # Create
3430 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3431 # Modify
3432 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3433 # Query
3434 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3435 # Report
3436 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3437 @end example
3438
3439 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3440 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3441
3442 @example
3443 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3444 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3445 @end example
3446
3447 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3448
3449 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3450 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3451 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3452 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3453 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3454 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3455 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3456 They are not otherwise documented here.
3457 @end deffn
3458
3459 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3460 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3461 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3462 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3463 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3464 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3465 the target side uses raw memory.
3466
3467 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3468 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3469 The script orientation comes from working with data
3470 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3471 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3472 and neither store nor return those values.
3473
3474 @itemize
3475 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3476 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3477 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3478 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3479 @end itemize
3480 @end deffn
3481
3482 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3483 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3484 @command{$target_name configure}
3485 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3486 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3487 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3488 There are a few special cases:
3489
3490 @itemize @bullet
3491 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3492 event named @var{event_name}.
3493 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3494 two parameters.
3495 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3496 This is a special case because this is set using
3497 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3498 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3499 @end itemize
3500
3501 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3502 all the targets you might use something like this:
3503
3504 @example
3505 foreach name [target names] @{
3506 set y [$name cget -endian]
3507 set z [$name cget -type]
3508 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3509 $x $name $y $z]
3510 @}
3511 @end example
3512 @end deffn
3513
3514 @anchor{target curstate}
3515 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3516 Displays the current target state:
3517 @code{debug-running},
3518 @code{halted},
3519 @code{reset},
3520 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3521 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3522 @end deffn
3523
3524 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3525 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3526 currently associated with this target.
3527 @xref{Target Events}.
3528 @end deffn
3529
3530 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3531 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3532 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3533 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3534 @end deffn
3535
3536 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3537 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3538 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3539 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3540 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3541 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3542 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3543 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3544 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3545 @end deffn
3546
3547 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3548 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3549 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3550 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3551 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3552 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3553 @end deffn
3554
3555 @anchor{Target Events}
3556 @section Target Events
3557 @cindex target events
3558 @cindex events
3559 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3560 For example:
3561 @itemize @bullet
3562 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3563 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3564 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3565 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3566 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3567 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3568 to set up system clocks or
3569 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3570 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3571 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3572 @end itemize
3573
3574 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3575 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3576 @command{target create ... -event}.
3577
3578 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3579 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3580 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3581
3582 @example
3583 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3584 echo "Reset..."
3585 reset halt
3586 @}
3587 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3588 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3589 echo "Reset..."
3590 reset halt
3591 @}
3592 @end example
3593
3594 The following target events are defined:
3595
3596 @itemize @bullet
3597 @item @b{debug-halted}
3598 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3599 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3600 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3601 @item @b{early-halted}
3602 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3603 @ignore
3604 @item @b{examine-end}
3605 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3606 @item @b{examine-start}
3607 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3608 @end ignore
3609 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3610 @* When GDB connects
3611 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3612 @* When GDB disconnects
3613 @item @b{gdb-end}
3614 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3615 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3616 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3617 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3618 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3619 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3620 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3621 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3622 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3623 @item @b{gdb-start}
3624 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3625 @item @b{halted}
3626 @* The target has halted
3627 @ignore
3628 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3629 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3630 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3631 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3632 @end ignore
3633 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3634 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3635 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3636 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3637 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3638 @item @b{reset-assert}
3639 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3640 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3641 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3642 it instead of asserting SRST.
3643 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3644 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3645 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3646 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3647 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3648 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3649 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3650 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3651 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3652 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3653 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3654 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3655 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3656 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3657 released on the scan chain.
3658 @item @b{reset-end}
3659 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3660 @ignore
3661 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3662 @* Currently not used
3663 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3664 @* Currently not used
3665 @end ignore
3666 @item @b{reset-init}
3667 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3668 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3669
3670 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3671 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3672 multiplexing, and so on.
3673 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3674 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3675 @item @b{reset-start}
3676 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3677 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3678
3679 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3680 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3681 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3682 @ignore
3683 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3684 @* Currently not used
3685 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3686 @* Currently not used
3687 @end ignore
3688 @item @b{resume-start}
3689 @* Before any target is resumed
3690 @item @b{resume-end}
3691 @* After all targets have resumed
3692 @item @b{resume-ok}
3693 @* Success
3694 @item @b{resumed}
3695 @* Target has resumed
3696 @end itemize
3697
3698
3699 @node Flash Commands
3700 @chapter Flash Commands
3701
3702 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3703 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3704 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3705 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3706 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3707 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3708 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3709 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3710 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3711
3712 Flash Steps:
3713 @enumerate
3714 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3715 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3716 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3717 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3718 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3719 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3720 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3721 @item GDB Flashing
3722 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3723 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3724 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3725 @end enumerate
3726
3727 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3728 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3729 so that it can't boot.
3730 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3731 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3732
3733 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3734 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3735 @cindex flash configuration
3736
3737 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3738 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3739 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3740 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3741 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3742 see the driver-specific documentation.
3743
3744 @itemize @bullet
3745 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3746 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3747 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3748 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3749 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3750 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3751 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3752 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3753 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3754 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3755 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3756 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3757 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3758 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3759 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3760 commands to the flash controller.
3761 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3762 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3763 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3764 for more information.
3765 @end itemize
3766 @quotation Note
3767 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3768 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3769 @end quotation
3770 @end deffn
3771
3772 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3773 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3774 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3775 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3776 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3777 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3778 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3779 @end deffn
3780
3781 @deffn Command {flash list}
3782 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3783 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3784 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3785 @end deffn
3786
3787 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3788 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3789 depends on the flash type.
3790 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3791 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3792 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3793 but most don't bother.
3794 @end deffn
3795
3796 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3797 @cindex flash erasing
3798 @cindex flash reading
3799 @cindex flash writing
3800 @cindex flash programming
3801
3802 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3803 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3804 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3805 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3806 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3807
3808 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3809 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3810 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3811 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3812 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3813
3814 @quotation Note
3815 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3816 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3817 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3818 back to a flash bank.
3819 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3820 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3821 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3822 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3823 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3824 @end quotation
3825
3826 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3827 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3828 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3829 disabled first.
3830 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3831 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3832 @xref{flash protect}.
3833
3834 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3835 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3836 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3837 up to and including @var{last}.
3838 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3839 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3840 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3841 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3842 @end deffn
3843
3844 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3845 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3846 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3847 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3848 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3849 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3850 @end deffn
3851
3852 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3853 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3854 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3855 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3856 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3857 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3858 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3859 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3860 before issuing this command.
3861 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3862 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3863 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3864 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3865 @end deffn
3866 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3867
3868 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3869 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3870 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3871 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3872 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3873 @end deffn
3874
3875 @anchor{flash write_image}
3876 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3877 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3878 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3879 to the base address for each section in the image.
3880 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3881 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3882 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3883 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3884 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3885 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3886 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3887 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
3888 each image section.
3889
3890 @quotation Warning
3891 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
3892 data you want to preserve.
3893 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
3894 sections might be erased with no notice.
3895 @itemize
3896 @item
3897 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
3898 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
3899 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
3900 @item
3901 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
3902 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
3903 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
3904 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
3905 @end itemize
3906 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
3907 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
3908 @end quotation
3909
3910 @end deffn
3911
3912 @section Other Flash commands
3913 @cindex flash protection
3914
3915 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3916 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3917 and display that status.
3918 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3919 This is the only operation that
3920 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3921 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3922 to get updated information.
3923 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3924 @end deffn
3925
3926 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3927 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3928 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3929 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3930 @end deffn
3931
3932 @anchor{flash protect}
3933 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3934 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3935 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3936 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3937 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3938 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3939 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3940 @end deffn
3941
3942 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3943 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3944 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3945 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3946 @end deffn
3947
3948 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3949 @section Flash Driver List
3950 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3951 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3952 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3953
3954 @subsection External Flash
3955
3956 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3957 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3958 @cindex CFI
3959 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3960 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3961 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3962 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3963 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3964 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3965 configure a bus and its timings), or
3966 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3967 on the flash chip.
3968 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3969 speed up operation.
3970
3971 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3972
3973 @itemize
3974 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3975 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3976 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3977 @end itemize
3978
3979 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3980 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3981
3982 @example
3983 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3984 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3985 @end example
3986
3987 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3988 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3989 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3990
3991 @example
3992 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3993 @end example
3994
3995 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3996 @end deffn
3997
3998 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3999
4000 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4001 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4002 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4003 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4004 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4005 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4006
4007 @example
4008 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4009 @end example
4010 @end deffn
4011
4012 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4013 @cindex at91sam3
4014 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4015 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4016 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4017 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4018 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4019 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4020 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4021 chips are confirmed.}
4022
4023 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4024 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4025 the following fixed locations:
4026
4027 @example
4028 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4029 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4030 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4031 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4032 @end example
4033
4034 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4035 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4036 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4037
4038 @itemize
4039 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4040 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4041 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4042 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4043 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4044 @end itemize
4045
4046 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4047
4048 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4049 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4050 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4051 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4052 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4053 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4054 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4055
4056 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4057 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4061 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4062 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4063 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4064 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4065 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4066 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4067 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4068 @end deffn
4069
4070 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4071 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4072 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4073 @end deffn
4074 @end deffn
4075
4076 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4077 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4078 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4079 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4080 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4081
4082 @example
4083 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4084 @end example
4085
4086 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4087 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4088
4089 @itemize
4090 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4091 @item @var{banks}
4092 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4093 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4094 @item @var{pages_size}
4095 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4096 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4097 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4098 @end itemize
4099
4100 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4101 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4102 will be autoconfigured.
4103 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4104
4105 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4106 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4107 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4108 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4109 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4110
4111 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4112 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4113 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4114 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4115 are not truly general purpose).
4116 @quotation Note
4117 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4118 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4119 @end quotation
4120 @end deffn
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4124 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4125 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4126 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4130 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4131 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4132 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4133 and executed.
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4137 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4138 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4139
4140 @quotation Note
4141 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4142 driver:
4143 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4144 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4145 @end quotation
4146
4147 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4148 which must appear in the following order:
4149
4150 @itemize
4151 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4152 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4153 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4154 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4155 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4156 at which the core is running
4157 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4158 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4159 @end itemize
4160
4161 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4162
4163 @example
4164 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4165 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4166 @end example
4167
4168 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4169 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4170 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4171 @end deffn
4172 @end deffn
4173
4174 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4175 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4176 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4177 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4178 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4179 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4180
4181 @example
4182 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4183 @end example
4184 @end deffn
4185
4186 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4187 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4188 from NXP.
4189
4190 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4191 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4192 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4193 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4194 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4195 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4196 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4197 you start the PLL.
4198
4199 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4200
4201 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4202 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4203 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4204
4205 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4206 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4207 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4208 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4209 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4210 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4211 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4212
4213 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4214 @example
4215 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4216 @end example
4217
4218 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4219 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4220 @code{flash banks} command.
4221
4222 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4223 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4224 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4225 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4226 a known signature.
4227 Example:
4228 @example
4229 lpc2900 signature 0
4230 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4231 @end example
4232 @end deffn
4233
4234 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4235 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4236 saves it to a file in binary format.
4237 Example:
4238 @example
4239 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4240 @end example
4241 @end deffn
4242
4243 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4244 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4245 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4246 command:
4247
4248 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4249 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4250 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4251 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4252
4253 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4254 Example:
4255 @example
4256 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4257 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4258 @end example
4259 @end deffn
4260
4261 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4262 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4263 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4264 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4265 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4266 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4267 912 bytes.
4268 @quotation Attention
4269 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4270 @end quotation
4271 Example:
4272 @example
4273 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4274 @end example
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4278 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4279 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4280 after the next power cycle.
4281 @quotation Attention
4282 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4283 @end quotation
4284 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4285 Example:
4286 @example
4287 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4288 flash info 0
4289 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4290 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4291 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4292 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4293 @end example
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4297 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4298 effective after the next power cycle.
4299 @quotation Attention
4300 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4301 @end quotation
4302 Examples:
4303 @example
4304 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4305 @end example
4306 @end deffn
4307 @end deffn
4308
4309 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4310 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4311
4312 @example
4313 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4314 @end example
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4318 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4319 and integrate flash memory.
4320 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4321
4322 @example
4323 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4324 @end example
4325
4326 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4327 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4328 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4329 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4330 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4331 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4332 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4333 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4334 @end deffn
4335 @end deffn
4336
4337 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4338 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4339 Texas Instruments
4340 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4341 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4342 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4343 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4344 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4345 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4346
4347 @example
4348 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4349 @end example
4350 @end deffn
4351
4352 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4353 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4354 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4355 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4356 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4357
4358 @example
4359 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4360 @end example
4361
4362 Some stm32x-specific commands
4363 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4364 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4365 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4366 are defined:
4367
4368 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4369 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4370 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4371 @end deffn
4372
4373 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4374 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4375 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4376 @end deffn
4377
4378 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4379 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4380 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4381 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4385 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4386 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4387 @end deffn
4388 @end deffn
4389
4390 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4391 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4392 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4393 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4394 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4395
4396 @example
4397 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4398 @end example
4399
4400 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4401 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4402 for the specified flash bank.
4403 @end deffn
4404 @end deffn
4405
4406 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4407 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4408 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4409 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4410 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4411
4412 @example
4413 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4414 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4415 @end example
4416
4417 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4418 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4419 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4420
4421 @itemize @bullet
4422 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4423 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4424 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4425 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4426 @end itemize
4427 @end deffn
4428
4429 @end deffn
4430
4431 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4432 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4433 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4434 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4435
4436 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4437
4438 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4439 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4440 @end deffn
4441
4442 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4443 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4444 @end deffn
4445
4446 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4447 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4448 the flash clock.
4449 @end deffn
4450 @end deffn
4451
4452 @subsection str9xpec driver
4453 @cindex str9xpec
4454
4455 Here is some background info to help
4456 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4457 the str9:
4458 @enumerate
4459 @item
4460 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4461 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4462 @item
4463 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4464 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4465 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4466 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4467 @end enumerate
4468
4469 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4470 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4471 configured for flash bank 0.
4472 @example
4473 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4474 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4475 jtag_reset 0 1
4476 # turn off target polling
4477 poll off
4478 # disable str9 core
4479 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4480 # read option bytes
4481 str9xpec options_read 0
4482 # re-enable str9 core
4483 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4484 poll on
4485 reset halt
4486 @end example
4487 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4488 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4489 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4490 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4491
4492 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4493 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4494 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4495 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4496 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4497
4498 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4499
4500 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4501 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4502 @end deffn
4503
4504 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4505 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4506 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4510 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4511 erase the device.
4512 @end deffn
4513
4514 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4515 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4516 @end deffn
4517
4518 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4519 Configure str9 boot bank.
4520 @end deffn
4521
4522 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4523 Configure str9 lvd source.
4524 @end deffn
4525
4526 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4527 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4528 @end deffn
4529
4530 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4531 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4532 @end deffn
4533
4534 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4535 Read str9 option bytes.
4536 @end deffn
4537
4538 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4539 Write str9 option bytes.
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4543 unlock str9 device.
4544 @end deffn
4545
4546 @end deffn
4547
4548
4549 @section mFlash
4550
4551 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4552 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4553
4554 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4555 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4556 address @var{base}.
4557 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4558 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4559
4560 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4561
4562 @example
4563 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4564 @end example
4565
4566 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4567
4568 @example
4569 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4570 @end example
4571 @end deffn
4572
4573 @subsection mFlash commands
4574 @cindex mFlash commands
4575
4576 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4577 Configure mflash PLL.
4578 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4579 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4580 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4581 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4585 Configure bootable option.
4586 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4587 (4kB) for boot.
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4591 Configure storage information.
4592 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4593 written.
4594 @end deffn
4595
4596 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4597 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4598 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4602 Probe mflash.
4603 @end deffn
4604
4605 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4606 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4607 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @node NAND Flash Commands
4611 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4612 @cindex NAND
4613
4614 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4615 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4616 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4617
4618 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4619 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4620 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4621 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4622 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4623 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4624
4625 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4626 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4627 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4628 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4629 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4630 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4631 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4632 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4633 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4634 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4635
4636 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4637 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4638 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4639 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4640 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4641 every 512 bytes of data.
4642
4643 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4644 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4645 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4646 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4647 ECC mode is used.
4648
4649 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4650 @enumerate
4651 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4652 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4653 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4654 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4655 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4656 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4657 to access that device.
4658 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4659 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4660 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4661 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4662 de-brick a board.
4663 @end enumerate
4664
4665 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4666 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4667 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4668 are only 32 bits wide.
4669 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4670 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4671 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4672 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4673
4674 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4675 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4676 @cindex NAND configuration
4677
4678 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4679 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4680 OpenOCD has initialized.
4681
4682 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4683 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4684 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4685 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4686 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4687 they were a single (larger) device.
4688 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4689 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4690
4691 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4692 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4693 configuration files, not interactively.
4694
4695 @itemize @bullet
4696 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4697 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4698 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4699 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4700 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4701 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4702 commands to the NAND controller.
4703 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4704 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4705 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4706 for more information.
4707 @end itemize
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn Command {nand list}
4711 Prints a summary of each device declared
4712 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4713 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4714 @example
4715 > nand list
4716 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4717 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4718 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4719 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4720 >
4721 @end example
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4725 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4726 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4727 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4728 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4729 it with most other NAND commands.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4733
4734 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4735 @cindex NAND reading
4736 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4737 starting at the specified offset.
4738 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4739
4740 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4741 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4742
4743 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4744 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4745 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4746
4747 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4748 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4749 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4750 method which handled that error correction.
4751
4752 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4753 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4754 @itemize @bullet
4755 @item no oob_* parameter
4756 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4757 @item @code{oob_raw}
4758 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4759 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4760 spare areas associated with each data page.
4761 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4762 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4763 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4764 @item @code{oob_only}
4765 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4766 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4767 spare areas associated with each data page.
4768 @end itemize
4769 @end deffn
4770
4771 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4772 @cindex NAND erasing
4773 @cindex NAND programming
4774 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4775 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4776 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4777 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4778 If those parameters are not specified,
4779 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4780 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4781
4782 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4783 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4784 block marker.
4785 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4786 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4787 @end deffn
4788
4789 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4790 @cindex NAND writing
4791 @cindex NAND programming
4792 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4793 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4794 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4795 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4796
4797 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4798 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4799
4800 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4801 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4802 past the end of the device.
4803 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4804 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4805 if that's being written.)
4806
4807 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4808 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4809 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4810
4811 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4812 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4813 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4814 @itemize @bullet
4815 @item no oob_* parameter
4816 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4817 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4818 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4819 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4820 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4821 @item @code{oob_only}
4822 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4823 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4824 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4825 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4826 @item @code{oob_raw}
4827 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4828 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4829 un-altered OOB.
4830 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4831 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4832 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4833 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4834 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4835 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4836 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4837 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4838 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4839 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4840 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4841 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4842 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4843 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4844 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4845 @end itemize
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4849 @cindex NAND verification
4850 @cindex NAND programming
4851 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4852 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4853 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4854
4855 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4856 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4857
4858 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4859 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4860 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4861 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4862 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4863
4864 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4865 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4866 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4867
4868 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4869 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4870 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4871 be removed in a future release.
4872 @end deffn
4873
4874 @section Other NAND commands
4875 @cindex NAND other commands
4876
4877 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4878 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4879 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4880 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4881 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4882 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4883 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4884 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4885
4886 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4887 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4888 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4892 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4893 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4894 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4895 status for each block.
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4899 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4900 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4901
4902 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4903 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4904 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4905 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4906 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4907
4908 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4909 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4910 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4911 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4912 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4913 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4914 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4915 @end deffn
4916
4917 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4918 @section NAND Driver List
4919 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4920 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4921 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4922
4923 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
4924 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
4925 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
4926 address of the ECC controller.
4927 @example
4928 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
4929 @end example
4930 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
4931 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
4932 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
4933 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
4934 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
4935 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
4936 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
4937 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4938 @end deffn
4939 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
4940 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
4941 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4942 @end deffn
4943
4944 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
4945 properly configured for input or output.
4946 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
4947 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
4948 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4949 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4950 @end deffn
4951 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
4952 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
4953 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4954 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4955 @end deffn
4956 @end deffn
4957
4958 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4959 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4960 chips from Texas Instruments.
4961 It takes three extra parameters:
4962 address of the NAND chip;
4963 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4964 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4965 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4966 @example
4967 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4968 @end example
4969 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4970 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4971 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4972 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4973 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4974 @end deffn
4975
4976 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4977 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4978 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4979 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4980 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4981 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4982 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4986 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4987 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4988 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4989 @end deffn
4990 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4991
4992 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4993 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4994 parameter: the address of the controller.
4995 @example
4996 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4997 @end example
4998 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4999 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5000 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5001 change any behavior.
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5005 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5006 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5007 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5008 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
5009 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5010 specialized commands.
5011 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5012 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5013 change any behavior.
5014 @end deffn
5015
5016 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5017 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5018 @cindex PLD
5019 @cindex FPGA
5020
5021 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5022 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5023 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5024 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5025 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5026 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5027 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5028
5029 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5030
5031 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5032 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5033 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5034
5035 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5036 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5037
5038 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5039 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5040 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5041 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5042 behavior.
5043 @end deffn
5044
5045 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5046 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5047 @end deffn
5048
5049 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5050 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5051 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5055
5056 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5057 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5058 that particular type of PLD.
5059
5060 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5061 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5062 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5063 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5064 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5065
5066 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5067 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5068 for FPGA @var{num}.
5069 @end deffn
5070 @end deffn
5071
5072 @node General Commands
5073 @chapter General Commands
5074 @cindex commands
5075
5076 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5077 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5078 commands are documented elsewhere.
5079
5080 Intent:
5081 @itemize @bullet
5082 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5083 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5084 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5085 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5086
5087 @item @b{From the human}
5088 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5089 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5090
5091 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5092 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5093 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5094
5095 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5096 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5097 port is 5555.
5098 @end itemize
5099
5100
5101 @section Daemon Commands
5102
5103 @deffn {Command} exit
5104 Exits the current telnet session.
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5108 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5109 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5110 Not every command provides helptext.
5111
5112 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5113 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5114 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5115 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5116 @end deffn
5117
5118 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5119 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5120 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5121 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5122 Useful in connection with script files
5123 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn Command shutdown
5127 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @anchor{debug_level}
5131 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5132 @cindex message level
5133 Display debug level.
5134 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5135 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5136 Level 0 is error messages only;
5137 level 1 adds warnings;
5138 level 2 adds informational messages;
5139 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5140 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5141 the command line along with the location of that log
5142 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5143 @xref{Running}.
5144 @end deffn
5145
5146 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5147 Default disabled.
5148 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5149
5150 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5151 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5152 individually overridden.
5153
5154 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5155 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5156 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5157
5158 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5159
5160 @example
5161 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5162 @end example
5163 @end deffn
5164
5165 @deffn Command echo message
5166 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5167 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5168 @example
5169 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5170 @end example
5171 @end deffn
5172
5173 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5174 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5175 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @anchor{Target State handling}
5179 @section Target State handling
5180 @cindex reset
5181 @cindex halt
5182 @cindex target initialization
5183
5184 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5185 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5186 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5187 a current target which is used to perform the
5188 various operations. The current target may be changed
5189 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5190 target which should become current.
5191
5192 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5193 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5194 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5195 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5196 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5197
5198 @emph{With no arguments}:
5199 list all available registers for the current target,
5200 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5201 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5202 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5203 are flagged as such.
5204
5205 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5206
5207 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5208 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5209 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5210 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5211 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5212 relevant module will flush such values.
5213
5214 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5215 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5216
5217 @example
5218 > reg
5219 ===== ARM registers
5220 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5221 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5222 (2) r2 (/32)
5223 ...
5224 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5225 >
5226 @end example
5227 @end deffn
5228
5229 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5230 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5231 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5232 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5233 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5234 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5235 (and enter debug mode).
5236 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5237
5238 @quotation Warning
5239 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5240 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5241 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5242 power mode by gating the core clock;
5243 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5244
5245 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5246 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5247 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5248 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5249 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5250 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5251
5252 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5253 work with a JTAG debugger.
5254 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5255 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5256 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5257 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5258 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5259 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5260 @end quotation
5261
5262 @end deffn
5263
5264 @deffn Command resume [address]
5265 Resume the target at its current code position,
5266 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5267 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5268 @end deffn
5269
5270 @deffn Command step [address]
5271 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5272 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @anchor{Reset Command}
5276 @deffn Command reset
5277 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5278 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5279 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5280 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5281 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5282 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5283
5284 The optional parameter specifies what should
5285 happen after the reset.
5286 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5287 The other options will not work on all systems.
5288 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5289
5290 @itemize @minus
5291 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5292 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5293 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5294 @end itemize
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5298 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5299 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5300 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5301 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5302 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5303 state.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @section I/O Utilities
5307
5308 These commands are available when
5309 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5310 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5311 notably the ZY1000.
5312 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5313
5314 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5315
5316 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5317 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5318 the text file @file{filename}.
5319 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5320 The last string is followed by a newline.
5321 @end deffn
5322
5323 @deffn Command cat filename
5324 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5325 @end deffn
5326
5327 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5328 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5329 into @file{dest_filename}.
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn Command ip
5333 @emph{No description provided.}
5334 @end deffn
5335
5336 @deffn Command ls
5337 @emph{No description provided.}
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn Command mac
5341 @emph{No description provided.}
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 @deffn Command meminfo
5345 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5346 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5347 @end deffn
5348
5349 @deffn Command peek
5350 @emph{No description provided.}
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @deffn Command poke
5354 @emph{No description provided.}
5355 @end deffn
5356
5357 @deffn Command rm filename
5358 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5359 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5360 @end deffn
5361
5362 @deffn Command trunc filename
5363 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @anchor{Memory access}
5367 @section Memory access commands
5368 @cindex memory access
5369
5370 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5371 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5372 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5373 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5374
5375 @enumerate
5376 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5377 to change the current target.
5378 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5379 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5380 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5381 @end enumerate
5382
5383 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5384 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5385 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5386 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5387 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5388 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5389 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5390 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5391 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5392 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5393 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5394 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5395 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5396 @end deffn
5397
5398 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5399 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5400 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5401 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5402 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5403 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5404 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5405 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5406 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5407 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410
5411 @anchor{Image access}
5412 @section Image loading commands
5413 @cindex image loading
5414 @cindex image dumping
5415
5416 @anchor{dump_image}
5417 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5418 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5419 binary file named @var{filename}.
5420 @end deffn
5421
5422 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5423 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5424 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5428 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5429 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5430 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5431 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5432 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5433 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5434 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5435 separately.
5436 @end deffn
5437
5438 @anchor{load_image}
5439 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5440 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5441 The file format may optionally be specified
5442 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5443 @end deffn
5444
5445 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5446 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5447 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5448 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5449 The file format may optionally be specified
5450 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5451 @end deffn
5452
5453 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5454 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5455 The file format may optionally be specified
5456 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5457 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460
5461 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5462 @cindex breakpoint
5463 @cindex watchpoint
5464
5465 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5466 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5467 watchpoints.
5468 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5469
5470 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5471 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5472 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5473 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5474 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5475 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5476
5477 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5478 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5482 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5486 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5490 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5491 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5492 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5493 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5494 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5495 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5496 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5497 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5498 @end deffn
5499
5500 @section Misc Commands
5501
5502 @cindex profiling
5503 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5504 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5505 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5506 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5507 @end deffn
5508
5509 @deffn Command {version}
5510 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5511 @end deffn
5512
5513 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5514 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5515 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5519 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5520 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5521 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5522
5523 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5524 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5525 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5526 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5527
5528 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5529 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5530 @cindex tracing
5531 @cindex ETM
5532 @cindex ETB
5533
5534 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5535 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5536 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5537
5538 @itemize
5539 @item
5540 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5541 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5542 supports such an interface.
5543 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5544 and trace port support.)
5545 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5546 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5547 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5548 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5549 in the board-specific configuration file.
5550 @item
5551 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5552 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5553 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5554 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5555 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5556 @end itemize
5557
5558 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5559
5560 @quotation Issues
5561 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5562 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5563
5564 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5565 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5566 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5567 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5568 dummy trace port driver}.
5569
5570 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5571 as well as tracing only during specific states
5572 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5573
5574 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5575 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5576 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5577 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5578 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5579
5580 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5581 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5582 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5583 this original style of JTAG access.
5584 @end quotation
5585
5586 @subsection ETM Configuration
5587 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5588
5589 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5590 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5591 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5592
5593 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5594 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5595 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5596 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5597 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5598 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5599 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5600 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5601 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5602
5603 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5604 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5605 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5606
5607 @quotation Warning
5608 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5609 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5610 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5611 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5612 @end quotation
5613
5614 @quotation Note
5615 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5616 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5617 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5618 what CPU activities are traced.
5619 @end quotation
5620 @end deffn
5621
5622 @deffn Command {etm info}
5623 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5624 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5625 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5626 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5627 @end deffn
5628
5629 @deffn Command {etm status}
5630 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5631 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5632 Did trace data overflow?
5633 Was it triggered?
5634 @end deffn
5635
5636 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5637 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5638 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5639 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5640 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5641
5642 @itemize
5643 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5644 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5645 The value is one of
5646 @option{none} (save nothing),
5647 @option{data} (save data),
5648 @option{address} (save addresses),
5649 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5650 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5651 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5652 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5653 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5654 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5655 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5656 trace stream without an image of the code.
5657 @end itemize
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5661 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5662 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5663 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5664 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5665
5666 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5667 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5668 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5669 @end deffn
5670
5671 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5672
5673 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5674 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5675 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5676
5677 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5678 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5679 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5680 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5681 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5682 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5683 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5684
5685 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5686
5687 @itemize
5688 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5689 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5690 for instruction access within that function's body.
5691 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5692 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5693 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5694 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5695 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5696 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5697 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5698 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5699 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5700 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5701 @item @emph{... more}
5702 @end itemize
5703
5704 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5705 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5706
5707 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5708 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5709 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5710 @end deffn
5711
5712 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5713 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5714 @end deffn
5715
5716 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5717 Opens an image file.
5718 @end deffn
5719
5720 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5721 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5722 @end deffn
5723
5724 @deffn Command {etm start}
5725 Starts trace data collection.
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5729 Stops trace data collection.
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5733 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5734
5735 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5736
5737 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5738 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5739 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5740 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5741 any trace data collection.}
5742 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5743 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5744 @end deffn
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5748 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5749 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5750 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5751 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5752 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5753 @end deffn
5754 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5755 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5756 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5757 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5758 trace trigger becomes active.
5759
5760 @itemize
5761 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5762 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5763 afterwards.
5764 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5765 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5766 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5767 what caused that event to happen.
5768 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5769 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5770 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5771 how the event caused trouble.
5772 @end itemize
5773 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5774 @end deffn
5775
5776 @end deffn
5777
5778 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5779 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5780 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5781 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5782 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5783
5784 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5785 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5786
5787 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5788 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5789 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5790 @end deffn
5791
5792 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5793 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5794 @end deffn
5795
5796 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5797 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5798 @end deffn
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801
5802 @section Generic ARM
5803 @cindex ARM
5804
5805 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5806 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5807 commands that may be available.
5808
5809 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5810 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5811 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5812 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5813 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5814 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5818 @cindex disassemble
5819 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5820 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5821 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5822 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5823 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5824 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5825 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5826
5827 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5828 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5829 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5830 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5831 with a handful of exceptions.
5832 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5833 @end deffn
5834
5835 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5836 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5837 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5838 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5839 and using the MCR instruction.
5840 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5841 an ARM register.)
5842 @end deffn
5843
5844 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5845 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5846 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5847 and the MRC instruction.
5848 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5849 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5850 an ARM register.)
5851 @end deffn
5852
5853 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5854 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5855 core mode if necessary.
5856 @end deffn
5857
5858 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5859 @cindex ARMv4
5860 @cindex ARMv5
5861
5862 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5863 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5864 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5865 variant.
5866
5867 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5868 @cindex ARM7
5869 @cindex ARM9
5870
5871 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5872 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5873 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5874 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5875
5876 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5877 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
5878 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5879 instead of breakpoints.
5880 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5881
5882 This should be
5883 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
5884 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5885 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5886 @end deffn
5887
5888 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5889 @cindex DCC
5890 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
5891 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
5892 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5893
5894 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5895 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5896 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5897 @end deffn
5898
5899 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5900 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5901 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
5902 that don't check completion of the operation.
5903 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5904
5905 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5906 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5907 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5908 @end deffn
5909
5910 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5911 @cindex ARM semihosting
5912 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5913
5914 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5915 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5916 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5917 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5918 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5919 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5920 @end deffn
5921
5922 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5923 @cindex ARM720T
5924
5925 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5926 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5927 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5928 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5929
5930 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
5931 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
5932 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
5933
5934 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
5935 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5936 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5940 @cindex ARM9
5941
5942 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5943 integer processors.
5944 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5945
5946 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5947 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5948 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5949 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5950
5951 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5952 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5953 @cindex vector_catch
5954 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5955 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5956 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5957 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5958 to those hardware vectors.
5959
5960 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5961 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5962 vector catch hardware to intercept
5963 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5964 @option{none} of them,
5965 or a list with one or more of the following:
5966 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5967 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5968 @end deffn
5969
5970 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5971 @cindex ARM920T
5972
5973 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5974 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5975 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5976 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5977 and ARM9 commands.
5978
5979 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5980 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5981 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5982 @end deffn
5983
5984 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5985 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5986 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5987 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
5988 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
5989 (Not all registers can be written.)
5990 @end deffn
5991
5992 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5993 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
5994 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
5995
5996 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
5997 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
5998 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
5999 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6000 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6001 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6002 @end deffn
6003
6004 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6005 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6006 @end deffn
6007
6008 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6009 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6010 @end deffn
6011
6012 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6013 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6014
6015 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6016 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6017 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6018 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6019 and ARM9 commands.
6020
6021 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6022 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6023
6024 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6025 Print information about the caches found.
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6029 @cindex ARM966E
6030
6031 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6032 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6033 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6034 and ARM9 commands.
6035
6036 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6037 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6038 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6039 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6040 ARM966E-S TRM.
6041 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6042 as required for BIST support.
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @subsection XScale specific commands
6046 @cindex XScale
6047
6048 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6049
6050 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6051 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6052 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6053 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6054 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6055 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6056 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6057
6058 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6059 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6060 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6061 vector_table} command.
6062
6063 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6064 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6065 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6066 code layout in memory:
6067 @example
6068 _vectors:
6069 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6070 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6071 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6072 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6073 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6074 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6075 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6076 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6077 .org 0x100
6078 .long real_reset_vector
6079 .long real_ui_handler
6080 .long real_swi_handler
6081 .long real_pf_abort
6082 .long real_data_abort
6083 .long 0 /* unused */
6084 .long real_irq_handler
6085 .long real_fiq_handler
6086 @end example
6087
6088 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6089 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6090 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6091 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6092
6093
6094 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6095 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6096
6097 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6098 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6102 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6106 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6107 @end deffn
6108
6109 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6110 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6111 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6112 @end deffn
6113
6114 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6115 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6116 @end deffn
6117
6118 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6119 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6120 @end deffn
6121
6122 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6123 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6124 @end deffn
6125
6126 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6127 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6131 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6135 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6136 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6137 and modifying how it is emptied.
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6141 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6142 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6143 The image @var{type} may be one of
6144 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6145 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6146 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6150 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6151 @cindex vector_catch
6152 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6153 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6154
6155 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6156 @example
6157 0x01 Trap Reset
6158 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6159 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6160 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6161 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6162 0x20 reserved
6163 0x40 Trap IRQ
6164 0x80 Trap FIQ
6165 @end example
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6169 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6170 @cindex vector_table
6171
6172 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6173 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6174 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6175 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6176 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6177
6178 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6179
6180 @end deffn
6181
6182 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6183 @cindex ARMv6
6184
6185 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6186 @cindex ARM11
6187
6188 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6189 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6190 which is enabled by default.
6191 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6192 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6193 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6194 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6195 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6196 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6200 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6201 which is enabled by default.
6202 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6203 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6204 @end deffn
6205
6206 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6207 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6208 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6209 they are disabled by default.
6210 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6214 @cindex vector_catch
6215 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6216 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6217 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6218
6219 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6220 for certain hardware events.
6221 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6222 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6223 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6224 @end deffn
6225
6226 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6227 @cindex ARMv7
6228
6229 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6230 @cindex Debug Access Port
6231 @cindex DAP
6232 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6233 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6234 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6235
6236 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6237 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6238 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6242 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6243 @end deffn
6244
6245 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6246 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6247 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6248 @end deffn
6249
6250 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6251 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6252 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6256 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6257 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6258 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6259 @end deffn
6260
6261 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6262 @cindex Cortex-M3
6263
6264 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6265 @cindex disassemble
6266 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6267 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6271 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6275 @cindex vector_catch
6276 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6277 for certain hardware events.
6278
6279 Parameters request interception of
6280 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6281 @option{none} of them,
6282 or one or more of the following:
6283 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6284 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6285 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6286 @option{irq_err},
6287 @option{state_err},
6288 @option{chk_err}, or
6289 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6290 @option{reset}.
6291 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6292 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6293 are mapped to HardFault.
6294 UsageFault checks for
6295 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6296 must also be explicitly enabled.
6297
6298 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6299 @end deffn
6300
6301 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6302 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6303 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6304 @cindex tracing
6305 @cindex libdcc
6306 @cindex DCC
6307 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6308 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6309 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6310 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6311
6312 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6313 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6314 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6315 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6316 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6317 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6318
6319 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6320 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6321 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6322 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6323 The target being debugged may
6324 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6325 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6326 each supported by a command:
6327
6328 @itemize
6329 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6330 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6331 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6332 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6333
6334 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6335 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6336 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6337
6338 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6339 and then displayed at any time.
6340 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6341
6342 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6343 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6344 @end itemize
6345
6346 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6347 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6348 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6349 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6350 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6351 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6352 does the same thing.
6353
6354 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6355 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6356 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6357 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6358 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6359
6360 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6361 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6362 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6366 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6367 in the order they triggered.
6368 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6369 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6370 history records.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6374 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6375 they have been triggered.
6376 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6377 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6378 and associates it with that identifier.
6379
6380 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6381 are not related except by this command.
6382 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6383 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6384 @end deffn
6385
6386
6387 @node JTAG Commands
6388 @chapter JTAG Commands
6389 @cindex JTAG Commands
6390 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6391 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6392 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6393 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6394 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6395
6396 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6397 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6398
6399 @itemize @bullet
6400 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6401 devices such as a CPUs.
6402 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6403 standard state machine (in parallel)
6404 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6405 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6406 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6407 while the reading previous ones.
6408 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6409 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6410 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6411 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6412 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6413 registers.
6414 @end itemize
6415
6416 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6417
6418 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6419 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6420 the order of TAP state transitions.
6421 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6422 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6423 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6424
6425 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6426 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6427 that specify the entire register.
6428 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6429 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6430 The return value holds the original value of each
6431 of those fields.
6432
6433 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6434 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6435 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6436 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6437 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6438
6439 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6440 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6441
6442 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6443 in that state.
6444 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6445 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6446 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6447
6448 @quotation Warning
6449 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6450 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6451 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6452 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6453 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6454 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6455 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6456 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6457 @end quotation
6458 @end deffn
6459
6460 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6461 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6462 This may be used for performance tuning.
6463
6464 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6465 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6466 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6467 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6468 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6469 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6470 @end deffn
6471
6472 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6473 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6474 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6475 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6476 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6477 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6478
6479 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6480 in that state.
6481 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6482 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6483 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6484
6485 @quotation Note
6486 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6487 register values, unlike data register values.
6488 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6489 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6490 @end quotation
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6494 Set values of reset signals.
6495 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6496 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6497 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6498 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6499 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6500 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6501 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6502
6503 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6504 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6505 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6506 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6507 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6508 instead of the TRST signal.
6509 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6510 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6511 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6512 with handlers for that event.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6516 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6517 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6518 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6519 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6520 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6521 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6522 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6523 The final state must also be stable.
6524 @end deffn
6525
6526 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6527 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6528 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6529 Instructions often need some time
6530 to execute before they take effect.
6531 @end deffn
6532
6533 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6534 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6535
6536 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6537 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6538 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6539 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6540 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6541 @end deffn
6542
6543 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6544 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6545 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6546 must also be enabled.
6547 Default is enabled.
6548 @end deffn
6549
6550 @section TAP state names
6551 @cindex TAP state names
6552
6553 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6554 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6555 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6556 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6557
6558 @itemize @bullet
6559 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6560 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6561 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6562 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6563 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6564 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6565 through the data register
6566 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6567 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6568 for update or more shifting
6569 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6570 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6571 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6572 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6573 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6574 through the instruction register
6575 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6576 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6577 for update or more shifting
6578 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6579 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6580 @end itemize
6581
6582 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6583 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6584 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6585 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6586
6587 @itemize @bullet
6588 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6589 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6590 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6591 may not be as expected.
6592 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6593 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6594 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6595 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6596 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6597 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6598 @end itemize
6599
6600 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6601 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6602
6603 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6604 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6605 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6606 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6607
6608 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6609 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6610 @cindex SVF
6611
6612 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6613 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6614 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6615
6616 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6617 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6618 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6619 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6620 each command is logged before it is executed.
6621 @end deffn
6622
6623 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6624 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6625 @cindex XSVF
6626
6627 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6628 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6629 Xilinx devices.
6630 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6631
6632 @quotation Important
6633 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6634 @end quotation
6635
6636 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6637 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6638 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6639 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6640 that TAP.
6641 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6642 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6643 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6644 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6648 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6649 after building the software.
6650 You may find them useful:
6651
6652 @itemize
6653 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6654 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6655 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6656 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6657 @end itemize
6658
6659 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6660 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6661 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6662 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6663 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6664 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6665 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6666
6667
6668 @node TFTP
6669 @chapter TFTP
6670 @cindex TFTP
6671 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6672 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6673
6674 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6675 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6676 server (tftpd). For example,
6677
6678 @example
6679 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6680 @end example
6681
6682 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6683 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6684
6685 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6686 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6687 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6688 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6689
6690 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6691 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6692 @cindex GDB
6693 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6694 to debug remote targets.
6695 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6696
6697 @itemize
6698 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6699 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6700 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6701 that also will probably need to be configured.
6702 @end itemize
6703
6704 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6705 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6706 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6707 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6708 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6709 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6710
6711 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6712 @section Connecting to GDB
6713 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6714 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6715 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6716 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6717 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6718
6719 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6720
6721 @enumerate
6722 @item
6723 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6724 @example
6725 target remote localhost:3333
6726 @end example
6727 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6728 @item
6729 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6730 @example
6731 target remote | openocd --pipe
6732 @end example
6733 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6734 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6735 session.
6736 @end enumerate
6737
6738 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6739 GDB command line.
6740
6741 @section Sample GDB session startup
6742
6743 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6744 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6745 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6746 small ARM program.
6747 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6748 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6749
6750 @example
6751 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6752 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6753 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6754 ...
6755 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6756 ...
6757 (gdb) load
6758 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6759 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6760 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6761 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6762 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6763 (gdb) continue
6764 Continuing.
6765 ...
6766 @end example
6767
6768 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6769 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6770 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6771 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6772
6773 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6774
6775 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6776 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6777 packet size and the device's memory map.
6778 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6779 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6780 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6781
6782 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6783 You may need to set those up by hand.
6784 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6785 something like:
6786
6787 @example
6788 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6789 @end example
6790
6791 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6792
6793 @example
6794 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6795 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6796 @end example
6797
6798 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6799 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6800 do not have such restrictions.
6801
6802 @section Programming using GDB
6803 @cindex Programming using GDB
6804
6805 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6806 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6807 @example
6808 gdb_memory_map disable
6809 @end example
6810 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6811 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6812 working area.
6813
6814 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6815 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6816 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6817 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6818
6819 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6820 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6821
6822 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6823 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6824 @example
6825 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6826 @end example
6827
6828 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6829 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6830
6831 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6832 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6833 will be used.
6834
6835 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6836 script can be executed:
6837 @example
6838 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6839 @end example
6840
6841 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6842 can be used.
6843
6844 @node Tcl Scripting API
6845 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6846 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6847 @cindex Tcl scripts
6848 @section API rules
6849
6850 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6851 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6852 information as an argument to each proc.
6853
6854 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6855 pair list and lists.
6856
6857 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6858 list.
6859
6860 @verbatim
6861
6862 > set foo(me) Duane
6863 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6864 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6865 > set foo(duck) Donald
6866
6867 If one does this:
6868
6869 > set foo
6870
6871 The result is:
6872
6873 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6874
6875 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6876
6877 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6878 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6879 }
6880 @end verbatim
6881
6882 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6883 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6884
6885 @section Internal low-level Commands
6886
6887 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6888
6889 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6890 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6891 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6892
6893 @itemize @bullet
6894 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6895
6896 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6897 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6898
6899 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6900 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6901
6902 Return information about the flash banks
6903 @end itemize
6904
6905 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6906 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6907 called "flash_banks".
6908
6909 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6910
6911 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6912 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6913 holds one of the following values:
6914
6915 @itemize @bullet
6916 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6917 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6918 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6919 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6920 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6921 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6922 @end itemize
6923
6924 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6925
6926 @quotation Note
6927 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6928 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6929 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6930 is jim, not real tcl).
6931 @end quotation
6932
6933 @node FAQ
6934 @chapter FAQ
6935 @cindex faq
6936 @enumerate
6937 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6938 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6939 @cindex RTCK
6940 @cindex adaptive clocking
6941 @*
6942
6943 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6944 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6945 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6946 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6947
6948 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6949 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6950 work. There are 2 basic options:
6951 @enumerate
6952 @item
6953 Use a special circuit.
6954 @item
6955 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6956 @end enumerate
6957
6958 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6959 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6960 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6961 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6962 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6963 4kHz.
6964
6965 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6966 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6967 painful.
6968
6969 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6970
6971 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6972 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6973
6974 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6975 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6976 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6977 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6978 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6979
6980 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6981 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6982 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6983 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6984
6985 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6986 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6987 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6988 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6989 with a CPLD.
6990 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6991 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6992 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6993 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6994 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6995 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6996
6997 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6998
6999 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7000
7001 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7002 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7003 depending on the chips on your board.
7004 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7005 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7006 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7007
7008 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7009
7010 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7011 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
7012 tedious, it is not always practical.
7013
7014 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7015 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7016 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7017 this way.
7018
7019 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7020 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7021 clock rate.
7022 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7023 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7024 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7025
7026 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7027
7028 @example
7029 # Example: 1.234MHz
7030 jtag_khz 1234
7031 @end example
7032
7033
7034 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7035
7036 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7037 around Windows filenames.
7038
7039 @example
7040 > echo \a
7041
7042 > echo @{\a@}
7043 \a
7044 > echo "\a"
7045
7046 >
7047 @end example
7048
7049
7050 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7051
7052 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7053 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7054 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7055
7056 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7057 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7058 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7059
7060 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7061 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7062 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7063
7064 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7065
7066 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7067 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7068 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7069 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7070
7071 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7072 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7073 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7074
7075 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7076 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7077
7078 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7079 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7080 memory read caused data abort".
7081
7082 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7083 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7084 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7085 be done, feel free to add this here.
7086
7087 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7088 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7089 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7090 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7091 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7092 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7093 gracefully stops.
7094
7095 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7096 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7097 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7098
7099 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7100 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7101 bytes. Painful...
7102
7103
7104 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7105 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7106
7107 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7108 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7109 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7110 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7111 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7112 reset, everything else should work fine.
7113
7114 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7115 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7116 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7117 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7118
7119 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7120 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7121 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7122 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7123
7124 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7125
7126 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7127 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7128 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7129 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7130
7131 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7132 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7133 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7134 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7135
7136 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7137 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7138 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7139
7140 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7141 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7142
7143 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7144 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7145 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7146 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7147 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7148 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7149 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7150 clock frequency?
7151
7152 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7153 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7154 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7155 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7156 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7157
7158 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7159
7160 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7161 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7162 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7163 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7164 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7165 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7166 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7167
7168 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7169
7170 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7171 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7172 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7173 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7174
7175 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7176 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7177 particular order?
7178
7179 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7180 the same order used by the hardware.
7181
7182 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7183 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7184 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7185 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7186 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7187 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7188
7189 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7190 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7191 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7192 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7193
7194 @itemize @bullet
7195 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7196 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7197 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7198 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7199 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7200 @end itemize
7201
7202 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7203
7204 @itemize @bullet
7205 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7206 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7207 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7208 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7209 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7210 @end itemize
7211
7212
7213 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7214 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7215 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7216
7217 TODO.
7218
7219 @end enumerate
7220
7221 @node Tcl Crash Course
7222 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7223 @cindex Tcl
7224
7225 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7226 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7227 how the Tcl scripts work.
7228
7229 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7230 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7231 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7232 OpenOCD.
7233
7234 @section Tcl Rule #1
7235 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7236 @enumerate
7237 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7238 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7239 @end enumerate
7240
7241 The Tcl equal is this:
7242
7243 @enumerate
7244 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7245 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7246 @end enumerate
7247
7248 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7249 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7250
7251 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7252 There is a second pair of rules.
7253 @enumerate
7254 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7255 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7256 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7257 in Tcl.
7258 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7259 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7260 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7261 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7262 @end enumerate
7263
7264 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7265 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7266 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7267 Everything is a string}
7268
7269 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7270 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7271 difference is subtle.
7272 @enumerate
7273 @item Parse Time
7274 @item Evaluation Time
7275 @end enumerate
7276
7277 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7278 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7279 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7280
7281 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7282 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7283 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7284 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7285
7286 @itemize @bullet
7287 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7288 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7289 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7290 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7291 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7292 @example
7293 # bash example
7294 X=`date`
7295 echo "The Date is: $X"
7296 # Tcl example
7297 set X [date]
7298 puts "The Date is: $X"
7299 @end example
7300 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7301 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7302 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7303 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7304 is a string}
7305 @example
7306 set x "Dinner"
7307 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7308 @end example
7309 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7310 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7311 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7312 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7313 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7314 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7315 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7316 @end itemize
7317
7318 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7319
7320 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7321
7322 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7323
7324 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7325 the normal way.
7326
7327 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7328 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7329 line is immedatly executed.
7330
7331 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7332 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7333
7334 @subsection Command Execution
7335
7336 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7337 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7338 control flow operators.
7339
7340 Commands are executed like this:
7341
7342 @enumerate
7343 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7344 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7345 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7346 @end enumerate
7347
7348 It sort of works like this:
7349 @example
7350 for(;;)@{
7351 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7352
7353 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7354
7355 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7356 @}
7357 @end example
7358
7359 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7360 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7361 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7362 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7363 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7364 ``LookupCommand()''
7365
7366 @subsection The FOR command
7367
7368 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7369 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7370 command just like any other command.
7371
7372 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7373 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7374 are:
7375
7376 @enumerate 0
7377 @item The ascii text 'for'
7378 @item The start text
7379 @item The test expression
7380 @item The next text
7381 @item The body text
7382 @end enumerate
7383
7384 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7385 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7386 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7387 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7388
7389 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7390 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7391
7392 @example
7393 int
7394 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7395 int *argc,
7396 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7397 @end example
7398
7399 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7400 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7401 still operates in the same basic way.
7402
7403 @subsection FOR command implementation
7404
7405 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7406 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7407
7408 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7409
7410 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7411
7412 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7413 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7414 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7415
7416 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7417 expression and returns a value.
7418
7419 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7420 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7421 @example
7422 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7423
7424 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7425
7426 int
7427 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7428 int argc,
7429 char **argv )
7430 @{
7431 if( argc != 5 )@{
7432 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7433 return ERROR;
7434 @}
7435
7436 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7437
7438 // Execute the start statement.
7439 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7440
7441 // Top of loop test
7442 for(;;)@{
7443 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7444 if( i == 0 )
7445 break;
7446
7447 // Execute the body
7448 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7449
7450 // Execute the LOOP part
7451 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7452 @}
7453
7454 // Return no error
7455 SetResult( interp, "" );
7456 return SUCCESS;
7457 @}
7458 @end example
7459
7460 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7461 in the same basic way.
7462
7463 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7464
7465 @subsection source and find commands
7466 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7467 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7468 @*Remember the parsing rules
7469 @enumerate
7470 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7471 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7472 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7473 substituted on the orginal command line.
7474 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7475 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7476 @end enumerate
7477 @subsection format command
7478 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7479 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7480 @b{sprintf()}.
7481 @b{Example}
7482 @example
7483 set x 6
7484 set y 7
7485 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7486 @end example
7487 @enumerate
7488 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7489 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7490 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7491 @* Refer to Rule #1
7492 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7493 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7494 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7495 @end enumerate
7496 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7497 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7498 @example
7499 #1 Good
7500 proc someproc @{@} @{
7501 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7502 @}
7503 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7504 #2 Good - no variables
7505 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7506 #3 Good Curly Braces
7507 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7508 puts "Time: [date]"
7509 @}
7510 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7511 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7512 @end example
7513 @enumerate
7514 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7515 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7516 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7517 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7518 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7519 command.
7520 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7521 @*There are 4 examples:
7522 @enumerate
7523 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7524 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7525 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7526 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7527 @end enumerate
7528
7529 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7530 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7531 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7532
7533 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7534 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7535 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7536 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7537 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7538 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7539 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7540 @end enumerate
7541 @subsection Global Variables
7542 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7543 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7544 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7545 @example
7546 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7547 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7548 global x #Global variable X
7549 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7550 @}
7551 @end example
7552 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7553 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7554 @example
7555 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7556 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7557 # Create var name
7558 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7559 # Make it a global
7560 global $vn
7561 # Set it.
7562 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7563 @}
7564 @end example
7565 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7566 @example
7567 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7568 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7569 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7570 @}
7571 @end example
7572
7573 @include fdl.texi
7574
7575 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7576 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7577 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7578 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7579 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7580 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7581
7582 @printindex cp
7583
7584 @node Command and Driver Index
7585 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7586 @printindex fn
7587
7588 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)